1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
90 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
93 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
94 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
95 enum bptype type_wanted
);
97 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
98 struct linespec_result
*,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
100 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
102 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
104 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
105 int, int, int, unsigned);
107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
108 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
111 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
112 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
114 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
116 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
119 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
120 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
122 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
124 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
125 struct symtab_and_line
,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct breakpoint
*
130 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
135 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
137 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
141 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
142 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
143 struct obj_section
*, int);
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
150 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
152 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
153 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
156 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
157 const address_space
*,
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
169 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
171 int *other_type_used
);
173 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
176 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
178 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
180 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
181 insert locations now. */
182 enum ugll_insert_mode
184 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
185 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
186 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
187 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
188 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
189 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
190 returns true on them.
192 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
193 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
194 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
195 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
196 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
197 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
201 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
202 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
205 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
206 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
207 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
208 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
209 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
210 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
211 as no thread is running yet. */
215 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
217 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
221 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
223 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
225 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
227 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
230 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
233 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
234 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
235 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
237 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
245 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
247 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
254 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
257 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
258 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
259 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
260 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
261 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
263 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
264 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
265 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
266 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
272 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
274 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
275 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
276 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
277 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
279 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
281 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
283 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
284 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
285 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
286 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
287 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
289 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
291 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
293 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
295 struct command_line
*
296 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
298 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
301 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
302 current breakpoint. */
304 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
307 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
309 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
310 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
312 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
314 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
317 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
318 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
319 if such is available. */
320 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
323 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
327 fprintf_filtered (file
,
328 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
329 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
334 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
335 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
337 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
339 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
343 fprintf_filtered (file
,
344 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
345 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
350 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
351 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
352 use hardware breakpoints. */
353 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
355 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
359 fprintf_filtered (file
,
360 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
365 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
366 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
367 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
368 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
369 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
370 processing user input. */
371 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
374 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
375 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
377 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
384 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
386 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
388 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
389 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
390 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 if (always_inserted_mode
)
397 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
402 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
403 if (inf
->has_execution ()
404 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
526 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
532 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
534 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
536 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
538 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
542 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
543 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
545 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
546 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
549 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
552 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
553 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
556 iterator
begin () const
559 iterator
end () const
567 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
570 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
571 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
573 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
575 for (bp_location *loc : range)
578 for (bp_location *loc : range)
581 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
582 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
583 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
585 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
586 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
588 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
591 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
592 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
593 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
594 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
595 an address you need to read. */
597 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
599 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
600 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
601 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
602 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
603 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
605 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
607 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
608 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
609 reported by a target. */
610 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
612 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
614 static int breakpoint_count
;
616 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
617 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
618 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
619 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
620 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
624 static int tracepoint_count
;
626 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
627 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
628 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
630 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
632 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
634 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
637 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
640 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
642 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 breakpoint_count
= num
;
644 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
647 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
648 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
649 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
651 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
654 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
656 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
659 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
662 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
664 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
667 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
670 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
672 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
677 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
678 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
681 get_breakpoint (int num
)
683 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
684 if (b
->number
== num
)
692 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
693 evaluating conditions on its side. */
696 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
698 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
699 evaluating conditions and if the user has
700 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
702 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
703 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
706 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
709 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
710 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
713 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
714 evaluating conditions on its side. */
717 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
719 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
720 evaluating conditions and if the user has
721 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
723 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
724 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
728 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
731 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
734 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
735 condition_evaluation_mode. */
738 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
739 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
741 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
743 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
744 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
746 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
747 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
748 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
752 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
753 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
755 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
756 settings was "auto". */
757 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
759 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
760 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
762 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
763 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
765 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
766 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
769 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
771 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
773 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
774 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
778 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
779 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
780 target knows about. */
781 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
782 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
783 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
793 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
794 what "auto" is translating to. */
797 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
798 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
800 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
801 fprintf_filtered (file
,
802 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
803 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
805 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
807 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
811 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
812 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
813 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
814 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
817 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
818 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
820 bool has_junk
= false;
823 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
824 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
825 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
829 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
830 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
831 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
832 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
835 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
838 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
842 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
843 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
844 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
847 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
848 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
850 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
851 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
854 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
858 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
862 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
863 int from_tty
, bool force
)
867 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
869 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
870 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
874 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
877 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
878 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
879 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
881 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
884 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
885 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
886 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
891 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
895 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
897 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
898 const char *arg
= exp
;
899 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
902 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
903 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
904 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
908 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
909 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
910 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
911 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
912 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
913 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
914 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
915 state of locations in case of a reject. */
916 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
920 const char *arg
= exp
;
921 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
922 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
924 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
927 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
929 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
930 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
932 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
937 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
939 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
941 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
946 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
947 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
948 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
949 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
951 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
953 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
956 /* See breakpoint.h. */
959 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
962 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
963 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
966 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
967 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
968 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
969 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
973 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
974 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
975 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
977 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
979 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
980 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
985 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
988 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
990 struct condition_command_opts
993 bool force_condition
= false;
996 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
998 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1000 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1001 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1006 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1007 CC_OPTS as context. */
1009 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1010 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1012 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1015 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1018 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1019 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1020 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1022 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1023 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1024 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1025 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1026 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1029 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1030 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1037 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1038 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1039 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1040 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1044 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1045 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1046 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1047 positionally the first argument. */
1048 if (has_no_arguments
)
1049 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1051 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1052 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1058 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1060 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1061 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1067 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1068 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1069 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1071 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1072 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1075 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1078 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1084 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1088 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1089 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1090 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1091 gdb::option::process_options
1092 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1094 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1096 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1098 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1101 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1102 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1103 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1108 struct command_line
*c
;
1110 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1112 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1114 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1117 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1119 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1120 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1121 command directly. */
1122 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1123 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1125 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1126 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1130 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1132 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1135 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1138 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1140 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1141 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1142 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1146 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1148 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1151 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1154 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1156 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1159 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1162 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1163 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1167 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1168 b
= new tracepoint ();
1169 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1170 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1172 b
= new breakpoint ();
1174 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1177 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1178 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1183 struct command_line
*commands
)
1185 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1187 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1188 struct command_line
*c
;
1189 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1191 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1192 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1197 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1198 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1199 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1200 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1201 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1202 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1203 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1204 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1205 tracepoint's context. */
1206 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1208 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1211 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1212 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1213 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1218 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1219 "can be used only once"));
1224 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1228 struct command_line
*c2
;
1230 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1231 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1232 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1234 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1235 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1241 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1245 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1246 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1248 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1249 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1251 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1253 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1254 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1256 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1257 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1258 found
.push_back (b
);
1264 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1265 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1268 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1269 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1273 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1277 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1278 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1282 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1284 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1287 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1288 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1291 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1292 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1295 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1297 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1300 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1301 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1304 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any task. */
1308 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1310 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1313 if (old_task
!= task
)
1314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1318 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1319 struct command_line
*control
)
1321 counted_command_line cmd
;
1322 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1323 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1324 list of command by just typing "end". */
1325 bool cmd_read
= false;
1327 std::string new_arg
;
1329 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1331 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1332 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1333 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1335 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1336 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1340 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1341 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1342 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1343 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1344 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1347 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1349 map_breakpoint_numbers
1350 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1354 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1355 if (control
!= NULL
)
1356 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1360 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1361 "%s, one per line."),
1364 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1366 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1368 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1369 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1370 validator
= do_validate
;
1372 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1379 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1383 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1389 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1403 return simple_control
;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1411 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1415 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1431 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1433 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1442 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1451 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1453 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1472 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1476 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1482 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1487 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1493 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1497 const unsigned char *bp
;
1498 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1503 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1535 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1542 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1543 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1544 report higher one. */
1547 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1548 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1550 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1552 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1553 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1555 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1556 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1557 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1558 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1560 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1561 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1562 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1564 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1566 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1574 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1575 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1576 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1577 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1580 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1582 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1583 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1584 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1587 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1590 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1592 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1594 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1596 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1597 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1598 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1601 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1604 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1607 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1621 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1623 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1624 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1625 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1628 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1631 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1633 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1634 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1635 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1641 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1643 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1644 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1647 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1648 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1649 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1650 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1651 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1652 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1653 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1654 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1657 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1659 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1660 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1661 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1662 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1665 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1666 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1669 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1671 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1673 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1674 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1675 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1676 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1677 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1679 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1682 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1685 static struct value
*
1686 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1688 struct value
*bit_val
;
1693 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1695 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1698 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1705 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1706 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1707 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1708 to be able to report stops. */
1711 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1712 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1714 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1716 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1717 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1718 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1719 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1722 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1723 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1726 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1728 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1730 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1731 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1732 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1735 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1736 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1737 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1738 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1740 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1742 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1743 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1746 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1747 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1748 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1749 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1750 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1751 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1752 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1753 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1755 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1756 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1757 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1758 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1759 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1760 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1761 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1762 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1765 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1766 hardware watchpoints:
1768 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1769 called several times when GDB stops.
1772 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1773 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1774 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1775 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1776 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1777 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1778 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1779 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1780 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1781 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1782 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1784 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1785 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1788 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1790 int within_current_scope
;
1791 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1794 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1795 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1796 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1797 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1800 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1805 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1806 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1807 within_current_scope
= 1;
1810 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1811 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1814 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1815 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1816 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1817 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1818 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1821 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1822 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1823 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1824 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1827 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1830 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1831 if (within_current_scope
)
1835 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1836 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1837 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1840 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1845 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1846 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1847 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1848 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1849 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1850 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1851 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1852 be completely different objects. */
1854 b
->val_valid
= false;
1856 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1857 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1858 locations (re)created below. */
1859 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1861 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1863 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
1864 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1868 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1869 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1870 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1871 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1872 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1873 if (!target_has_execution ())
1875 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1876 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1877 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1878 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1880 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1881 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1883 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1884 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1887 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1889 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1890 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1891 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1893 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1896 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1897 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1898 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1899 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1900 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1902 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1904 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1905 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1906 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1907 b
->val_valid
= true;
1910 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1913 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1914 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1918 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1919 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1920 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1921 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1922 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1923 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1924 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1926 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1928 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1929 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1930 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1932 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1933 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1936 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1938 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1940 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1942 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1944 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1945 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1947 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1950 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1951 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1952 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1953 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1956 addr
= value_address (v
);
1959 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1964 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1966 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1969 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1970 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1973 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1975 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1976 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1980 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1981 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1984 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1986 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1991 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1992 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1993 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1998 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2000 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2004 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2007 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2008 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2009 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2011 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2012 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2013 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2014 this watchpoint in as well. */
2016 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2017 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2018 hardware watchpoint type. */
2020 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2021 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2023 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2024 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2025 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2026 through watch_command), so always account for it
2029 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2030 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2032 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2033 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2036 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2037 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2039 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2041 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2042 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2043 "hardware watchpoint."));
2044 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2045 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2046 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2048 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2049 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2053 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2054 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2055 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2060 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2062 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2063 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2064 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2066 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2067 "read/access watchpoint."));
2070 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2072 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2073 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2074 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2075 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2078 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2079 above left it without any location set up. But,
2080 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2081 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2082 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2083 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2085 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2087 printf_filtered (_("\
2088 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2089 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2091 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2094 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2096 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2100 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2101 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2102 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2103 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2104 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2106 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2108 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2111 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2114 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2115 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2118 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2121 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2122 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2123 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2124 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2125 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2126 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2127 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2128 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2129 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2132 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2133 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2134 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2136 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2137 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2138 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2140 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2141 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2142 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2143 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2144 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2145 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2146 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2147 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2148 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2150 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2151 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2155 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2156 instruction that triggered one. */
2157 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2158 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2160 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2161 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2162 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2169 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2170 that the location is not duplicated. */
2173 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2176 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2179 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2180 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2184 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2185 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2186 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2187 any error during parsing. */
2189 static agent_expr_up
2190 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2195 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2197 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2198 that may show up. */
2201 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2204 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2206 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2207 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2208 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2211 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2215 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2216 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2217 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2218 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2219 one of them is true. */
2222 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2224 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2225 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2227 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2228 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2230 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2231 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2232 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2234 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2235 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2238 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2240 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2241 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2242 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2243 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2244 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2245 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2246 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2247 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2249 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2251 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2255 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2256 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2257 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2258 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2259 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2263 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2264 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2265 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2267 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2273 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2274 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2275 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2277 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2278 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2279 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2281 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2283 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2285 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2287 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2290 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2295 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2296 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2297 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2298 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2299 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2301 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2303 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2304 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2305 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2307 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2309 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2310 to send the conditions to the target. */
2311 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2317 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2318 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2319 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2321 static agent_expr_up
2322 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2324 const char *cmdrest
;
2325 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2333 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2335 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2337 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2338 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2340 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2342 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2344 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2346 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2347 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2349 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2351 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2352 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2354 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2356 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2358 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2360 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2361 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2366 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2367 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2369 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2373 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2375 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2376 that may show up. */
2379 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2380 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2381 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2383 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2385 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2386 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2387 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2390 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2394 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2395 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2396 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2399 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2401 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2402 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2404 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2407 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2410 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2411 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2414 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2416 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2417 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2418 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2420 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2421 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2422 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2423 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2426 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2427 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2428 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2429 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2430 response back to GDB. */
2431 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2433 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2437 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2438 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2439 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2440 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2442 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2443 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2446 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2447 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2448 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2450 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2456 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2458 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2460 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2461 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2462 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2464 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2466 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2469 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2473 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2474 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2475 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2476 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2477 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2478 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2479 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2480 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2481 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2482 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2483 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2484 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2485 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2486 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2488 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2490 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2491 to send the commands to the target. */
2492 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2495 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2496 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2497 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2498 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2501 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2502 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2503 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2507 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2509 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2511 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2512 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2514 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2516 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2520 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2523 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2524 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2525 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2526 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2529 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2530 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2532 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2533 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2534 int *disabled_breaks
,
2535 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2536 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2538 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2540 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2543 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2544 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2545 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2546 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2547 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2548 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2549 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2550 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2551 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2552 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2553 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2554 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2556 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2557 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2558 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2559 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2561 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2563 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2564 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2565 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2566 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2569 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2570 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2571 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2572 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2573 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2574 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2575 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2577 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2579 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2583 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2584 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2586 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2591 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2592 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2594 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2595 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2596 || bl
->section
== NULL
2597 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2599 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2608 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2610 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2615 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2616 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2617 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2619 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2620 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2621 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2623 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2627 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2629 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2630 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2631 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2633 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2638 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2639 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2641 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2642 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2645 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2647 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2649 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2652 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2655 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2659 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2660 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2662 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2669 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2671 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2673 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2678 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2679 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2684 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2686 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2688 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any
2689 breakpoints inserted within the target inferior, as a result
2690 any further attempts to interact with the breakpoint objects
2691 is not possible. Just rethrow the error. */
2692 if (bp_excpt
.error
== TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2694 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2696 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2697 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2698 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2699 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2700 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2701 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2702 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2703 errors as memory errors. */
2704 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2705 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2706 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2707 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2708 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2709 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2712 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2713 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2714 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2715 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2720 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2721 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2722 "library breakpoints:\n");
2724 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2725 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2726 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2731 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2733 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2734 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2735 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2738 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2739 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2740 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2745 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2748 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2749 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2751 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2752 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2754 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2758 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2774 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2775 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2776 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2777 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2781 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2782 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2787 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2788 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2790 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2791 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2793 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2795 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2796 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2800 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2801 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2808 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2809 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2812 /* Back to the original value. */
2813 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2817 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2820 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2824 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2825 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2827 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2830 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2834 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2835 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2837 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2840 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2843 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2844 so just return success. */
2851 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2852 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2856 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2858 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2859 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2860 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2861 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2863 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2864 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2865 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2867 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2869 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2871 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2872 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2873 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2875 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2876 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2878 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2884 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2885 removed locations above. */
2886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2889 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2890 Throws exception on any error.
2891 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2892 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2894 insert_breakpoints (void)
2896 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2897 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2901 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2904 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2905 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2906 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2907 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2908 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2909 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2911 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2914 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2915 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2916 always-inserted mode. */
2919 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2923 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2924 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2925 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2927 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2929 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2930 there was an error. */
2931 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2933 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2935 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2937 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2939 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2942 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2943 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2944 deletion of breakpoints. */
2945 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2948 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2950 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2951 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2952 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2953 insert breakpoints. */
2954 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2955 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2958 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2959 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2966 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2967 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2971 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2974 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2978 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2979 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2980 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2982 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2984 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2985 there was an error. */
2986 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2988 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2990 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2992 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2995 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2996 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2997 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2998 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2999 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3002 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3004 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3005 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3006 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3007 insert breakpoints. */
3008 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3009 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3012 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3013 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3018 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3019 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3020 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3022 int some_failed
= 0;
3024 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3030 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3033 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3034 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3042 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3044 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3046 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3047 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3048 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3056 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3057 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3058 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3060 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3061 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3063 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3064 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3068 /* Used when the program stops.
3069 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3070 removing a breakpoint location. */
3073 remove_breakpoints (void)
3077 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3078 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3084 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3088 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3090 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3092 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3094 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3096 printf_filtered (_("\
3097 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3098 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3100 /* Hide it from the user. */
3106 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3109 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3113 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3115 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3118 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3120 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3127 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3129 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3130 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3131 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3132 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3133 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3134 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3136 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3139 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3142 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3143 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3147 static struct breakpoint
*
3148 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3149 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3152 symtab_and_line sal
;
3154 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3155 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3157 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3158 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3159 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3164 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3166 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3168 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3170 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3173 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3174 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3176 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3177 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3179 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3180 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3182 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3184 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3186 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3187 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3189 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3190 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3192 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3193 int exception_searched
= 0;
3195 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3197 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3200 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3201 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3203 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3204 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3206 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3209 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3211 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3214 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3215 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3217 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3218 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3222 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3224 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3225 return bp_objfile_data
;
3229 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3231 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3233 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3238 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3240 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3242 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3245 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3247 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3249 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3252 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3253 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3256 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3259 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3260 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3262 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3263 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3264 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3265 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3267 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3269 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3270 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3274 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3275 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3280 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3281 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3284 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3286 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3288 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3292 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3293 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3300 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3303 because it does not know how to evaluate
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3315 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3319 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3320 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3330 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3331 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3337 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3341 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3342 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3344 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3347 const char *func_name
;
3349 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3354 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3355 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3357 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3359 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3360 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3366 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3369 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3372 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3373 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3374 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3375 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 return installed_bp
> 0;
3382 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3385 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3387 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3389 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3393 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3395 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3396 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3399 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3400 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3403 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3405 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3406 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3412 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3414 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3418 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3420 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3424 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3426 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3428 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3430 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3432 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3434 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3437 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3441 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3442 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3443 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3445 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3446 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3452 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3453 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3454 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3456 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3457 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3458 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3464 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3465 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3468 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3472 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3477 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3479 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3480 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3484 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3489 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3490 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3498 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3501 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3503 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3506 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3507 bp_exception_master
,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3509 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3510 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3516 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3517 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3522 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3524 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3525 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3527 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3529 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3531 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3534 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3538 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3540 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3541 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3543 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3547 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3550 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3551 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3552 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3553 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3555 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3556 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3557 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3566 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3568 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3570 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3571 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3574 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3575 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3578 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3579 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3580 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3581 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3586 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3589 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3591 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3595 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3597 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3598 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3599 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3600 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3601 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3602 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3603 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3604 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3605 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3606 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3607 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3609 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3611 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3614 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3615 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3617 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3621 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3622 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3624 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3628 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3629 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3630 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3631 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3632 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3639 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3641 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3645 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3646 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3654 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3655 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3656 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3658 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3662 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3664 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3665 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3666 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3667 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3671 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3672 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3673 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3674 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3675 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3676 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3678 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3679 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3680 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3681 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3682 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3683 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3684 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3686 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3687 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3688 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3689 let finish_command delete it.
3691 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3692 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3693 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3694 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3695 solib breakpoints.) */
3697 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3702 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3703 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3705 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3714 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3717 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3718 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3720 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3721 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3723 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3724 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3725 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3727 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3730 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3731 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3732 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3733 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3734 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3735 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3740 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3761 This should not ever happen. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3764 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3765 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3767 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3768 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3769 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3771 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3772 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3773 || bl
->section
== NULL
3774 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3776 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3778 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3779 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3780 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3781 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3782 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3783 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3784 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3785 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3786 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3787 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3788 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3789 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3790 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3791 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3792 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3793 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3794 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3795 they should always be removed. */
3796 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3797 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3798 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3801 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3805 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3806 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3807 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3809 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3810 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3812 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3813 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3815 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3816 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3818 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3819 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3822 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3823 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3826 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3827 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3828 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3829 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3831 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3832 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3833 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3834 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3835 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3836 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3842 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3847 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3848 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3849 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3850 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3851 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3852 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3853 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3854 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3855 always-inserted mode. */
3857 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3858 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3859 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3860 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3866 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3870 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3871 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3873 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3874 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3876 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3877 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3878 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3881 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3882 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3885 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3886 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3888 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3892 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3899 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3901 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3904 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3905 This should not ever happen. */
3906 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3908 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3910 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3912 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3915 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3918 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3920 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3921 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3925 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3926 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3928 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3931 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3932 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3933 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3938 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3940 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3942 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3944 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3947 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3949 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3951 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3959 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3960 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3963 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3965 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3967 case bp_shlib_event
:
3969 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3970 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3971 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3972 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3973 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3975 (gdb) file prog-linux
3976 (gdb) run # native linux target
3979 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3980 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3983 case bp_step_resume
:
3985 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3987 case bp_single_step
:
3989 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3996 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3997 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4001 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4002 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4006 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4007 valid. New ones will be created in
4008 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4009 The next update_global_location_list call will
4010 garbage collect them. */
4013 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4015 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4016 insert_breakpoints. */
4017 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4018 w
->val_valid
= false;
4028 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4029 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4030 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4031 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4034 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4035 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4036 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4037 match, not program space. */
4039 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4040 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4041 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4042 permanent breakpoint.
4043 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4044 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4045 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4046 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4047 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4049 enum breakpoint_here
4050 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4052 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4054 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4056 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4060 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4061 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4063 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4068 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4069 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4070 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4072 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4076 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4079 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4082 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4083 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4085 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4100 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4111 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4114 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4116 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4117 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4127 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4128 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4131 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4134 if (overlay_debugging
4135 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4136 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4137 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4144 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4147 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4149 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4151 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4152 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4155 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4161 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4165 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4168 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4170 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4173 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4180 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4183 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4186 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4188 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4191 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4199 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4200 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4202 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4204 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4205 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4208 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4211 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4212 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4216 /* Check for intersection. */
4217 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4218 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4226 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4229 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4231 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4234 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4235 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4238 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4255 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4257 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4258 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4259 commands (other
.commands
),
4260 print (other
.print
),
4262 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4264 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4265 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4268 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4269 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4272 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4276 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4281 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4283 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4286 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4296 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4299 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4304 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4306 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4312 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4315 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4317 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4319 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4321 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4323 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4328 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4337 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4338 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4339 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4340 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4342 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4343 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4345 Return 1 otherwise. */
4348 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4353 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4355 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4356 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4357 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4358 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4359 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4361 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4363 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4367 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4370 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4374 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4377 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4378 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4385 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4388 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4390 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4392 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4394 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4395 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4396 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4397 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4398 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4402 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4405 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4406 or its equivalent. */
4409 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4411 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4414 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4415 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4416 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4417 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4419 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4420 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4421 bpstat of the current thread. */
4424 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4429 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4431 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4434 scoped_restore save_executing
4435 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4437 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4439 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4442 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4443 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4445 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4447 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4449 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4450 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4451 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4452 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4453 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4454 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4455 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4456 the tree when we're done. */
4457 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4458 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4461 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4463 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4469 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4471 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4477 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4479 if (current_ui
->async
)
4480 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4481 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4482 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4485 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4486 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4487 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4488 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4489 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4490 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4491 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4492 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4493 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4494 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4495 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4496 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4497 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4505 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4506 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4508 static thread_info
*
4509 get_bpstat_thread ()
4511 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4514 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4515 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4521 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4523 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4526 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4527 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4529 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4530 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4531 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4532 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4533 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4537 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4540 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4543 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4546 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4549 struct value_print_options opts
;
4550 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4551 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4555 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4556 debugging multiple threads. */
4559 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4561 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4566 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4568 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4570 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4571 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4573 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4576 uiout
->text (" \"");
4577 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4581 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4585 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4586 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4587 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4588 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4591 static enum print_stop_action
4592 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4594 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4597 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4598 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4602 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4603 relevant messages. */
4604 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4607 case print_it_normal
:
4609 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4611 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4612 which has since been deleted. */
4614 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4616 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4617 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4623 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4628 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4631 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4633 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4634 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4638 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4639 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4641 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4642 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4645 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4646 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4651 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4652 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4653 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4655 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4658 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4659 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4660 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4666 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4667 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4669 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4672 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4674 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4675 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4680 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4681 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4682 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4683 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4684 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4685 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4686 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4689 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4690 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4691 code to print the location. An example is
4692 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4694 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4695 to also print the location part of the message.
4696 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4697 don't require a location appended to the end.
4698 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4699 further info to be printed. */
4701 enum print_stop_action
4702 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4704 enum print_stop_action val
;
4706 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4707 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4708 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4709 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4710 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4712 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4713 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4714 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4715 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4719 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4720 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4721 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4722 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4724 print_solib_event (0);
4725 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4728 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4729 with and nothing was printed. */
4730 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4733 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4736 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4738 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4739 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4741 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4745 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4747 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4749 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4750 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4754 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4756 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4757 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4762 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4766 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4770 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4771 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4774 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4776 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4779 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4781 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4782 as not triggered. */
4783 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4784 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4786 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4788 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4794 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4796 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4797 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4798 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4799 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4801 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4803 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4809 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4810 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4814 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4816 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4818 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4819 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4821 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4823 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4824 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4826 if (newaddr
== start
)
4828 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4832 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4833 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4834 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4837 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4846 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4847 enum wp_check_result
4849 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4852 /* The value has changed. */
4853 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4855 /* The value has not changed. */
4856 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4858 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4862 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4863 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4865 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4868 static wp_check_result
4869 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4871 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4872 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4873 int within_current_scope
;
4875 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4877 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4880 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4881 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4882 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4885 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4886 within_current_scope
= 1;
4889 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4890 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4891 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4893 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4894 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4895 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4896 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4897 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4898 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4899 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4900 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4901 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4902 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4905 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4906 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4908 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4909 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4910 if (within_current_scope
)
4912 struct symbol
*function
;
4914 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4915 if (function
== NULL
4916 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4917 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4918 within_current_scope
= 0;
4921 if (within_current_scope
)
4922 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4923 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4928 if (within_current_scope
)
4930 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4931 time before we return to the command level and call
4932 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4933 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4936 struct value
*new_val
;
4938 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4939 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4940 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4941 a mask watchpoint. */
4942 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4944 mark
= value_mark ();
4945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4948 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4949 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4951 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4952 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4953 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4954 not what we want. */
4955 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4956 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4959 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4960 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4961 b
->val_valid
= true;
4962 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4963 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4964 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4968 /* Nothing changed. */
4969 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4970 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4975 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4976 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4977 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4978 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4979 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4980 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4981 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4982 the first value assigned). */
4983 /* We print all the stop information in
4984 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4985 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4986 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4989 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4991 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4993 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4995 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4996 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4997 "left the block in\n"
4998 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4999 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5002 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5010 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5011 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5012 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5015 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5016 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5017 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5019 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5021 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5022 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5024 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5027 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5028 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5031 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5033 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5034 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5036 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5038 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5039 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5043 int must_check_value
= 0;
5045 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5046 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5048 must_check_value
= 1;
5049 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5050 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5051 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5053 must_check_value
= 1;
5054 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5055 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5056 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5057 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5058 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5059 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5060 must_check_value
= 1;
5062 if (must_check_value
)
5068 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5070 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5072 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5073 "Error evaluating expression "
5074 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5077 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5079 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5082 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5089 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5090 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5094 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5097 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5098 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5100 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5102 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5103 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5104 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5105 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5106 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5107 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5108 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5111 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5112 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5115 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5116 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5117 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5118 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5120 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5121 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5122 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5125 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5126 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5127 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5128 changes. This still gives false positives when
5129 the program writes the same value to memory as
5130 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5131 it for a read), but it's much better than
5134 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5136 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5138 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5139 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5140 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5142 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5143 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5145 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5146 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5148 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5154 if (other_write_watchpoint
5155 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5157 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5158 and the value changed since the last time we
5159 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5161 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5166 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5167 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5168 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5170 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5171 the value hasn't changed. */
5172 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5182 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5184 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5185 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5186 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5187 anything for this watchpoint. */
5188 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5194 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5195 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5196 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5197 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5200 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5202 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5205 bool condition_result
= true;
5206 struct expression
*cond
;
5208 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5210 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5211 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5212 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5213 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5214 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5216 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5217 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5218 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5220 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5221 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5227 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5228 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5230 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5231 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5237 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5239 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5241 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5243 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5245 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5248 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5250 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5252 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5253 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5255 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5256 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5257 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5258 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5260 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5262 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5263 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5267 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5268 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5269 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5270 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5271 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5273 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5274 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5277 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5279 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5280 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5281 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5282 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5283 really matter which instantiation of the function
5284 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5285 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5286 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5287 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5288 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5289 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5290 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5291 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5293 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5295 select_frame (frame
);
5297 within_current_scope
= 0;
5299 if (within_current_scope
)
5303 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5305 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5307 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5308 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5313 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5314 "in the current scope"));
5315 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5316 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5318 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5319 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5322 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5326 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5330 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5332 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5336 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5337 on the current target. */
5340 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5342 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5343 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5344 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5345 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5348 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5351 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5352 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5354 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5356 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5358 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5361 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5363 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5364 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5365 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5366 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5367 checked all locations already. */
5368 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5371 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5374 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5377 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5380 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5383 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5384 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5385 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5389 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5390 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5391 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5395 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5397 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5402 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5403 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5404 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5406 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5408 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5411 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5412 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5423 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5426 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5427 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5428 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5431 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5432 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5433 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5435 int need_remove_insert
;
5438 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5439 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5440 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5441 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5442 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5443 inferior function calls. */
5444 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5445 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5447 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5448 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5449 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5451 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5453 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5455 handle_solib_event ();
5460 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5461 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5462 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5466 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5475 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5481 /* We will stop here. */
5482 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5484 --(b
->enable_count
);
5485 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5486 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5489 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5492 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5493 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5494 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5497 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5502 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5504 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5505 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5508 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5509 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5510 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5512 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5513 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5514 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5516 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5517 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5519 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5521 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5522 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5525 if (need_remove_insert
)
5526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5527 else if (removed_any
)
5528 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5534 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5536 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5538 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5540 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5541 breakpoint_re_set. */
5542 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5544 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5545 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5546 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5547 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5548 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5549 function needs to be updated too. */
5550 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5551 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5552 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5554 target_terminal::inferior ();
5557 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5559 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5562 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5564 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5567 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5568 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5569 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5571 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5573 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5574 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5575 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5578 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5580 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5581 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5585 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5592 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5593 case bp_single_step
:
5596 case bp_shlib_event
:
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5605 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5608 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5609 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5610 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5614 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5616 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5621 This requires no further action. */
5625 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5630 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5633 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5636 case bp_exception_resume
:
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5640 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5643 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5645 case bp_step_resume
:
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5650 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5651 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5654 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5656 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5659 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5660 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5663 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5664 case bp_thread_event
:
5665 case bp_overlay_event
:
5666 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5667 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5668 case bp_exception_master
:
5669 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5677 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5681 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5682 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5683 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5691 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5692 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5693 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5694 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5696 case bp_std_terminate
:
5697 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5698 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5699 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5700 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5703 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5704 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5705 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5706 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5708 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5709 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5711 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5712 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5713 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5715 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5716 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5717 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5718 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5723 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5729 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5730 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5733 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5740 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5744 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5746 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5753 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5755 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5756 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5759 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5765 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5768 bpstat_should_step ()
5770 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5771 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5777 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5780 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5782 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5791 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5792 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5793 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5796 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5798 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5799 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5803 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5805 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5807 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5808 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5809 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5814 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5820 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5821 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5823 "host": Host evals condition.
5824 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5825 "target": Target evals condition.
5829 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5831 char host_evals
= 0;
5832 char target_evals
= 0;
5837 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5840 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5841 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5842 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5844 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5846 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5852 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5853 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5854 else if (target_evals
)
5855 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5857 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5860 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5861 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5864 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5866 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5869 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5870 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5871 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5873 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5874 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5876 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5879 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5882 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5883 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5885 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5887 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5889 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5893 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5895 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5896 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5897 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5899 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5903 uiout
->text ("in ");
5904 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5905 function_name_style
.style ());
5907 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5908 uiout
->text ("at ");
5910 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5911 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5912 file_name_style
.style ());
5915 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5916 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5918 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5924 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5926 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5930 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5931 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5932 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5933 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5934 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5935 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5937 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5941 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
5945 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5946 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5947 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5950 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5951 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5957 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5959 struct ep_type_description
5962 const char *description
;
5964 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5966 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5967 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5968 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5969 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5970 {bp_until
, "until"},
5971 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5972 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5973 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5974 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5975 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5976 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5977 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5978 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5979 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5980 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5981 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5982 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5983 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5984 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5985 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5986 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5987 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5988 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5989 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5990 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5991 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5992 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5993 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5994 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5995 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5996 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5997 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5998 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5999 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6002 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6003 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6004 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6005 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6008 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6011 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6012 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6015 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6016 const char *field_name
,
6017 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6020 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6022 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6023 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6024 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6027 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6029 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6035 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6036 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6041 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6045 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6050 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6051 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6052 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6053 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6057 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6058 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6060 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6061 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6063 struct command_line
*l
;
6064 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6066 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6067 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6068 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6069 struct value_print_options opts
;
6071 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6073 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6074 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6075 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6078 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6079 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6080 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6088 if (part_of_multiple
)
6089 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6091 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6095 if (part_of_multiple
)
6096 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6098 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6102 if (part_of_multiple
)
6103 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6105 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6109 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6110 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6111 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6112 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6113 if (part_of_multiple
)
6114 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6115 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6117 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6120 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6121 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6124 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6126 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6128 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6129 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6130 is relatively readable). */
6131 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6132 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6134 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6136 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6137 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6139 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6142 if (header_of_multiple
)
6143 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6144 metadata_style
.style ());
6145 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6146 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6147 metadata_style
.style ());
6149 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6150 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6153 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6154 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6160 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6162 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6165 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6167 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6168 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6171 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6172 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6174 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6175 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6176 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6177 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6178 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6179 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6181 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6184 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6186 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6188 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6189 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6190 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6191 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6193 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6195 uiout
->text (" task ");
6196 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6202 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6203 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6205 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6208 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6209 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6211 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6212 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6216 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6219 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6220 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6222 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6223 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6225 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6226 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6227 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6228 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6229 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6231 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6232 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6233 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6238 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6240 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6241 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6242 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6243 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6246 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6248 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6253 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6257 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6258 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6259 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6260 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6261 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6263 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6264 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6265 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6266 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6267 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6269 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6273 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6274 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6275 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6279 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6282 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6283 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6286 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6287 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6288 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6289 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6292 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6293 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6294 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6295 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6296 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6298 uiout
->text ("next ");
6299 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6300 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6303 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6305 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6307 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6309 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6310 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6311 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6315 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6316 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6319 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6320 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6323 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6325 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6327 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6329 annotate_field (10);
6330 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6331 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6332 uiout
->text (" \n");
6335 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6337 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6339 annotate_field (11);
6341 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6342 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6343 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6349 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6350 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6355 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6357 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6359 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6361 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6363 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6364 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6365 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6366 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6370 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6372 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6375 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6376 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6379 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6380 bool use_fixed_output
6381 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6382 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6384 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6385 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6387 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6389 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6390 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6392 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6393 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6394 locations, if any. */
6396 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6399 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6400 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6401 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6404 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6405 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6407 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6408 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6409 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6410 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6411 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6412 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6413 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6415 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6417 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6419 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6421 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6422 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6424 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6425 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6428 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6430 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6431 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6440 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6442 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6444 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6445 address to print. */
6446 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6449 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6453 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6454 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6455 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6458 return print_address_bits
;
6461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6464 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6466 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6467 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6470 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6471 internal or momentary. */
6474 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6476 return b
->number
> 0;
6479 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6482 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6484 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6487 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6489 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6490 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6491 list are then printed.
6493 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6495 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6496 ones for which it returns true.
6498 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6501 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6502 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6504 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6505 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6506 struct value_print_options opts
;
6507 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6508 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6509 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6510 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6512 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6514 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6515 required for address fields. */
6516 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6517 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6519 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6520 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6523 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6524 accept. Skip the others. */
6525 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6527 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6529 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6533 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6535 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6537 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6538 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6539 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6541 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6542 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6543 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6545 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6550 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6551 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6552 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6555 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6556 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6557 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6559 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6560 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6562 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6565 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6568 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6569 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6573 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6574 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6576 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6578 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6580 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6581 uiout
->table_body ();
6582 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6583 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6585 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6588 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6589 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6592 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6593 accept. Skip the others. */
6595 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6597 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6599 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6602 else /* all others */
6604 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6608 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6609 show_internal is set. */
6610 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6612 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6613 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6614 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6615 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6620 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6622 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6626 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6627 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6629 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6635 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6636 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6638 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6639 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6643 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6644 there have been breakpoints? */
6645 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6647 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6650 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6651 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6654 default_collect_info (void)
6656 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6658 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6659 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6661 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6664 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6666 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6667 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6668 uiout
->text (" \n");
6672 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6674 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6676 default_collect_info ();
6680 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6682 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6683 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6685 if (num_printed
== 0)
6687 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6688 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6690 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6695 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6697 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6699 default_collect_info ();
6703 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6704 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6705 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6707 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6709 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6710 && bl
->address
== pc
6711 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6717 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6718 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6722 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6723 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6724 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6728 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6729 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6730 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6735 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6736 else /* if (others == ???) */
6737 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6738 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6739 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6742 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6743 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6744 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6745 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6746 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6747 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6748 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6749 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6753 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6755 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6756 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6757 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6762 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6763 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6764 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6765 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6767 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6768 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6769 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6770 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6774 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6776 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6779 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6780 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6783 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6784 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6786 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6787 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6789 /* Both of them must exist. */
6790 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6791 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6793 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6794 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6795 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6796 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6797 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6798 other watchpoint. */
6800 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6802 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6803 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6805 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6807 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6808 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6811 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6812 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6813 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6814 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6815 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6816 become hw_access locations later. */
6817 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6818 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6819 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6820 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6823 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6826 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6827 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6829 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6830 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6834 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6835 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6836 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6837 space doesn't really matter. */
6840 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6842 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6845 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6846 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6847 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6850 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6851 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6852 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6853 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6856 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6857 const address_space
*aspace
,
6860 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6863 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6864 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6868 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6869 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6870 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6871 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6872 doesn't really matter. */
6875 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6876 const address_space
*aspace
,
6877 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6879 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6880 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6882 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6884 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6890 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6891 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6892 true, otherwise returns false. */
6895 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6896 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6898 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6899 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6900 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6901 different locations. */
6902 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6907 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6908 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6909 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6910 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6911 otherwise they don't. */
6914 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6915 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6916 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6918 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6920 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6921 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6922 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6924 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6925 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6927 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6930 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6931 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6932 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6934 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6935 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6936 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6937 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6938 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6939 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6940 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6944 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6945 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6947 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6948 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6952 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6953 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6955 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6956 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6958 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6961 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6962 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6963 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6964 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6967 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6968 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6970 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6971 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6972 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6973 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6974 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6976 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6977 have their addresses modified. */
6980 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6982 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6983 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6984 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6985 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6986 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6987 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6992 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6994 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6996 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6997 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6998 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7001 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7003 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7004 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7006 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7009 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7014 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7019 case bp_single_step
:
7023 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7024 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7026 case bp_exception_resume
:
7027 case bp_step_resume
:
7028 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7029 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7031 case bp_std_terminate
:
7032 case bp_shlib_event
:
7033 case bp_thread_event
:
7034 case bp_overlay_event
:
7036 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7037 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7038 case bp_exception_master
:
7039 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7040 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7042 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7043 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7044 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7045 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7046 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7047 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7048 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7052 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7053 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7054 return bp_loc_other
;
7056 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7060 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7062 this->owner
= owner
;
7063 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7064 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7066 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7068 this->loc_type
= type
;
7070 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7071 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7072 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7077 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7078 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7079 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7083 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7085 static struct bp_location
*
7086 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7088 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7091 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7092 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7095 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7097 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7101 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7104 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7106 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7107 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7109 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7110 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7112 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7114 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7119 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7125 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7128 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7129 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7133 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7137 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7138 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7139 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7140 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7143 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7144 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7146 static struct breakpoint
*
7147 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7151 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7153 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7154 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7157 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7160 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7162 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7164 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7165 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7166 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7168 const char *function_name
;
7170 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7171 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7172 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7174 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7176 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7178 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7179 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7181 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7182 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7183 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7184 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7186 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7190 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7193 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7197 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7199 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7202 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7204 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7209 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7210 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7211 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7213 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7214 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7215 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7218 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7219 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7220 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7222 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7224 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7226 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7227 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7229 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7230 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7232 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7233 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7236 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7237 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7238 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7239 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7240 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7241 is also returned as the value of this function.
7243 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7244 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7245 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7246 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7247 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7248 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7249 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7252 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7253 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7254 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7256 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7258 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7259 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7262 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7263 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7264 initiated the operation. */
7267 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7269 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7271 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7272 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7273 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7274 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7275 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7276 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7277 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7278 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7280 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7281 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7283 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7284 after their removal. */
7285 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7286 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7287 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7290 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7293 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7295 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7297 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7298 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7300 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7301 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7306 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7308 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7309 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7311 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7312 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7316 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7317 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7318 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7322 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7324 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7326 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7327 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7329 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7331 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7332 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7334 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7336 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7338 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7341 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7342 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7343 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7344 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7350 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7351 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7354 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7355 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7356 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7357 unwinding is possible. */
7360 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7362 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7365 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7367 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7369 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7370 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7371 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7372 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7374 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7375 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7376 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7377 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7378 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7379 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7382 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7383 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7384 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7385 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7388 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7389 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7390 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7391 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7392 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7395 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7396 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7397 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7398 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7399 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7400 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7401 for (struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7403 struct frame_info
*prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7404 if (prev
== nullptr)
7406 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7408 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7409 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7410 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7411 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7415 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7418 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7420 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7422 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7423 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7424 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7426 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7431 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7433 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7434 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7436 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7437 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7438 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7443 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7445 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7446 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7448 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7449 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7450 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7454 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7455 master breakpoint. */
7457 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7459 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7460 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7461 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7463 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7464 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7468 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7470 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7472 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7473 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7474 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7478 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7480 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7482 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7483 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7485 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7486 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7487 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7489 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7494 struct lang_and_radix
7500 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7503 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7505 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7506 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7509 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7512 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7514 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7515 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7516 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7517 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7521 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7523 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7524 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7525 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7529 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7532 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7534 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7535 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7536 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7537 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7540 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7541 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7542 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7544 static struct breakpoint
*
7545 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7546 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7550 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7551 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7552 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7557 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7559 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7562 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7565 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7567 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7569 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7571 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7572 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7574 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7580 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7581 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7584 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7586 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7588 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7589 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7591 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7592 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7593 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7594 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7595 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7596 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7597 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7598 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7599 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7600 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7601 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7602 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7605 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7610 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7611 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7612 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7615 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7617 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7619 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7621 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7622 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7624 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7625 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7626 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7627 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7628 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7629 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7630 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7631 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7632 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7634 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7635 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7636 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7637 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7640 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7641 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7643 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7645 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7646 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7647 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7650 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7655 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7656 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7657 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7660 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7662 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7665 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7666 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7667 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7668 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7669 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7670 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7671 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7672 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7673 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7674 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7676 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7677 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7680 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7682 int bp_modified
= 0;
7684 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7687 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7689 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7691 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7692 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7695 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7698 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7701 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7702 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7705 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7707 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7708 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7709 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7710 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7711 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7714 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7721 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7725 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7727 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7728 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7729 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7731 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7733 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7734 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7735 catchpoint has triggered. */
7736 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7739 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7743 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7745 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7748 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7752 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7754 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7757 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7761 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7762 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7763 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7765 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7767 if (ws
->kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7770 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->child_ptid ();
7774 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7777 static enum print_stop_action
7778 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7780 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7781 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7782 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7784 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7785 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7786 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7787 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7789 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7790 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7792 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7793 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7795 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7796 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7797 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7798 uiout
->text ("), ");
7799 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7802 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7806 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7808 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7809 struct value_print_options opts
;
7810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7812 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7814 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7815 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7817 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7818 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7820 uiout
->text ("fork");
7821 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7823 uiout
->text (", process ");
7824 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7828 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7829 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7832 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7836 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7838 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7841 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7845 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7848 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7851 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7853 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7855 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7859 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7861 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7864 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7868 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7870 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7873 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7877 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7878 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7879 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7881 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7883 if (ws
->kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7886 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->child_ptid ();
7890 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7893 static enum print_stop_action
7894 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7896 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7897 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7898 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7900 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7901 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7902 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7903 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7905 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7906 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7908 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7909 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7911 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7912 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7913 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7914 uiout
->text ("), ");
7915 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7918 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7922 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7924 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7925 struct value_print_options opts
;
7926 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7928 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7929 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7930 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7932 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7933 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7935 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7936 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7938 uiout
->text (", process ");
7939 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7943 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7944 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7947 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7951 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7953 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7956 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7960 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7963 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7966 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7968 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7970 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7971 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7972 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7974 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7976 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7979 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7980 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> regex
;
7982 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7986 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7992 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7998 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7999 const address_space
*aspace
,
8001 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8003 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8005 if (ws
->kind () == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8008 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
8010 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8013 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8016 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8019 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
8021 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8030 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8032 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8033 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8037 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8040 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8046 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8049 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8055 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8058 static enum print_stop_action
8059 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8061 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8062 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8064 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8065 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8066 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8067 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8069 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8070 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8072 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8073 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8074 print_solib_event (1);
8075 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8079 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8081 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8082 struct value_print_options opts
;
8083 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8085 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8086 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8087 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8089 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8092 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8100 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"),
8101 self
->regex
.get ());
8103 msg
= _("load of library");
8108 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"),
8109 self
->regex
.get ());
8111 msg
= _("unload of library");
8113 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8115 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8116 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8120 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8122 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8124 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8125 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8129 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8131 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8134 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8135 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
.get ());
8138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8141 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8143 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8146 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
8148 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8152 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8154 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8158 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8159 _("Invalid regexp")));
8160 c
->regex
= make_unique_xstrdup (arg
);
8163 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8164 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8165 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8167 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8169 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8172 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8176 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8177 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8179 const int enabled
= 1;
8180 bool temp
= command
->context () == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8182 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
8186 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8187 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8189 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8193 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8194 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8196 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8199 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8202 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8203 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8204 const char *cond_string
,
8205 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8207 symtab_and_line sal
;
8208 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8210 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8212 if (cond_string
== nullptr)
8213 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
8215 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string
);
8216 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8220 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8222 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8223 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8224 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8225 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8228 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8231 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8235 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8236 bool temp
, const char *cond_string
,
8237 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8239 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8241 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
, ops
);
8243 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8245 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8248 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8250 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8251 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8252 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8254 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8256 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8257 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8259 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> exec_pathname
;
8263 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8265 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8269 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8271 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8275 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8276 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8277 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8279 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8281 if (ws
->kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8284 c
->exec_pathname
= make_unique_xstrdup (ws
->execd_pathname ());
8288 static enum print_stop_action
8289 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8291 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8292 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8293 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8295 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8296 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8297 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8298 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8300 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8301 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8303 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8304 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8306 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8307 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8308 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
.get ());
8309 uiout
->text ("), ");
8311 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8315 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8317 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8318 struct value_print_options opts
;
8319 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8321 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8323 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8324 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8325 is relatively readable). */
8326 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8327 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8329 uiout
->text ("exec");
8330 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8332 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8333 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
.get ());
8334 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8337 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8338 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8342 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8344 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8347 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8351 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8353 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8354 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8357 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8360 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8364 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8365 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8366 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8368 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8370 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8376 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8380 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8384 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8387 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8389 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8391 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8397 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8398 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8399 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8400 types _not_ TYPE. */
8403 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8404 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8408 *other_type_used
= 0;
8409 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8413 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8416 if (b
->type
== type
)
8417 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8418 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8419 *other_type_used
= 1;
8426 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8428 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8429 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8431 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8432 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8437 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8439 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8440 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8442 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8448 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8450 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8451 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8455 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8457 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8458 breakpoint_re_set ();
8461 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8464 static struct breakpoint
*
8465 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8467 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8469 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8470 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8472 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8473 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8476 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8478 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8481 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8482 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8486 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8487 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8489 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8491 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8493 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8495 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8496 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8497 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8498 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8500 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8502 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8504 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8507 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8508 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8509 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8511 static struct breakpoint
*
8512 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8514 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8517 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8519 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8520 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8521 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8523 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8524 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8525 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8526 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8527 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8528 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8529 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8530 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8531 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8532 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8533 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8534 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8536 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8537 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8538 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8540 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8544 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8548 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8550 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8554 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8558 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8561 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8563 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8565 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8566 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8568 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8572 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8575 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8577 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8578 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8582 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8584 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8586 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8587 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8588 address is in read-only memory.
8590 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8591 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8593 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8594 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8595 memory map changed, so we undo.
8599 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8601 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8602 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8603 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8604 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8606 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8607 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8608 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8609 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8610 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8614 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8616 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8617 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8619 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8621 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8623 static bool said
= false;
8625 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8628 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8629 _("Note: automatically using "
8630 "hardware breakpoints for "
8631 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8639 static struct bp_location
*
8640 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8641 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8643 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8644 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8645 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8647 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8648 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8650 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8651 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8652 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8653 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8654 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8655 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8656 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8659 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8660 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8661 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8662 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8667 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8668 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8669 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8670 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8671 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8672 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8673 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8674 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8675 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8676 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8677 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8678 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8679 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8681 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8683 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8684 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8685 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8686 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8687 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8688 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8689 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8690 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8691 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8692 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8693 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8694 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8696 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8703 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8704 return false otherwise. */
8707 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8709 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8711 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8712 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8713 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8714 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8716 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8719 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8720 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8721 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8724 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8725 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8728 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8730 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8731 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8736 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8738 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8740 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8742 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8744 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8745 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8747 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8748 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8749 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8751 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8752 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8754 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8755 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8756 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8757 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8760 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8761 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8764 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8766 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8767 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8770 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8771 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8775 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8776 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8778 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8780 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8781 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8782 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8783 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8784 command_lines_deleter ()));
8787 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8788 current style settings. */
8791 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8792 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8794 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8795 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8796 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8799 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8800 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8801 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8802 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8805 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8806 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8807 event_location_up
&&location
,
8808 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8810 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8811 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8812 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8813 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8814 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8815 int display_canonical
)
8819 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8821 int target_resources_ok
;
8823 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8824 target_resources_ok
=
8825 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8827 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8828 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8829 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8830 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8833 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8835 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8837 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8841 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8843 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8845 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8846 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8849 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8851 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8855 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
8856 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
8857 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8858 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8859 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8861 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8862 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8864 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8866 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8867 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8869 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8871 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8872 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8874 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8877 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8879 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8881 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8883 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8885 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8887 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8889 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8891 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8893 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8896 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8897 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8904 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8905 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8909 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8910 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8911 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8913 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8914 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8915 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8917 if (b
->extra_string
)
8918 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8920 error (_("Format string required"));
8922 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8923 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
.get ());
8927 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8928 condition using the location's number. */
8930 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8932 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8933 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
.get (), loc
,
8934 b
->number
, loc_num
);
8939 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8940 if (location
!= NULL
)
8941 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8943 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8944 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8948 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8949 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8950 event_location_up
&&location
,
8951 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8952 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8953 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8954 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8955 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8956 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8957 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8958 int display_canonical
)
8960 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8962 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8963 sals
, std::move (location
),
8965 std::move (cond_string
),
8966 std::move (extra_string
),
8968 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8970 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8973 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8976 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8977 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8978 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8979 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8980 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8981 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8982 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8983 we take just a single condition string.
8985 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8986 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8987 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8988 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8989 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8992 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8993 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8994 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8995 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8996 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8997 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8998 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8999 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9001 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9002 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9004 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9006 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9007 'break', without arguments. */
9008 event_location_up location
9009 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9010 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9011 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9012 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9014 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9015 std::move (location
),
9016 std::move (filter_string
),
9017 std::move (cond_string
),
9018 std::move (extra_string
),
9020 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9021 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9022 canonical
->special_display
);
9026 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9027 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9028 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9029 linespec locations).
9031 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9032 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9035 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
9036 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9038 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9040 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9042 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9046 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9047 breakpoint address. */
9048 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9050 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9051 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9052 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9053 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9054 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9055 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9056 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9058 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9060 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9061 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9062 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9063 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9064 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9066 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9068 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9070 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9072 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9076 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9080 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9081 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9082 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9083 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9085 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9086 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9087 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9088 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9090 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9092 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9093 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9097 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9100 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9101 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9102 get_last_displayed_line (),
9103 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9108 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9109 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9113 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9114 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9117 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9119 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9120 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9123 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9124 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9125 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9126 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9127 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9131 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9132 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9134 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9136 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9138 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9139 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9140 associated with SAL. */
9144 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9145 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9146 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9150 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9151 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9152 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9153 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9154 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9155 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9158 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9159 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
9160 int *thread
, int *task
,
9161 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
9163 cond_string
->reset ();
9171 const char *end_tok
;
9173 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9174 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9176 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9178 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9180 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
9184 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9186 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9188 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9190 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9193 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9195 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9200 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
9203 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
9205 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
9210 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9213 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9216 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9218 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9219 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9222 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9227 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9229 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9230 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9231 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9236 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
9240 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9244 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
9245 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
9246 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
9247 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
9250 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
9252 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
9253 int *thread
, int *task
,
9254 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
9256 int num_failures
= 0;
9257 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9259 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9262 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
9264 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
9265 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
9266 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
9267 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
9268 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
9269 condition in the context of each sal. */
9272 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
9273 &task_id
, &remaining
);
9274 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
9275 *thread
= thread_id
;
9277 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
9280 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9283 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
9284 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
9290 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9292 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9293 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9295 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9298 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9300 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9302 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9304 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9305 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9306 if (markers
.empty ())
9307 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9308 marker_str
.c_str ());
9310 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9311 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9313 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9315 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9316 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9317 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9324 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9325 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9327 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9328 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9333 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9334 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9336 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9340 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9341 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9343 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9347 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9349 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9350 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9353 if (location
!= nullptr)
9354 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9355 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9356 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9359 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9362 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9363 struct event_location
*location
,
9364 const char *cond_string
,
9365 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9366 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9367 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9369 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9370 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9371 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9374 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9377 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9379 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9381 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9382 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9383 extra_string
= NULL
;
9387 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9389 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9391 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9393 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9395 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9398 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9401 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9403 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9404 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9405 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9406 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9407 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9410 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9411 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9412 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9413 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9420 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9423 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9424 are ok for the target. */
9427 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9428 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9431 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9432 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9434 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9435 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9438 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9439 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9443 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9444 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9448 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
9449 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9451 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9453 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9454 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9455 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9456 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9460 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9461 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9462 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9464 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9465 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9466 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9467 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9468 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9470 int num_failures
= 0;
9471 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9472 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9474 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9477 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9478 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9481 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9484 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9485 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9491 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9493 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9494 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9496 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9499 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9500 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9501 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9503 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9504 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9505 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9509 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9511 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9512 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9515 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9518 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9519 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9520 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9525 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9526 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9527 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9529 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9530 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9531 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9532 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9533 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9534 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9535 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9537 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9540 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9542 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9543 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9544 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9547 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9552 /* Set a breakpoint.
9553 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9554 condition, and thread.
9555 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9556 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9560 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9562 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9563 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9564 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9567 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9568 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9569 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9571 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9573 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9574 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9575 0 /* Ignore count */,
9576 pending_break_support
,
9584 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9587 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9591 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9593 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9594 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9595 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9598 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9599 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9600 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9601 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9604 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9606 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9607 const struct block
*b
;
9610 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9611 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9614 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9617 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9618 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9622 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9623 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9624 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9625 happen in assembly source). */
9627 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9628 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9630 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9632 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9639 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9641 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9645 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9647 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9651 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9653 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9657 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9659 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9663 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9665 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9666 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9667 stop at <line>\n"));
9671 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9677 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9679 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9682 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9683 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9684 function/method name. */
9685 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9687 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9692 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9694 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9698 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9700 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9704 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9708 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9712 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9715 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9716 it is probably a line number. */
9717 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9719 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9724 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9726 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9730 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9732 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9735 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9736 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9737 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9741 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9743 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9745 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9746 the next character must be ','. */
9749 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9750 error (_("Format string required"));
9753 /* Skip the comma. */
9758 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9760 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9762 0 /* Ignore count */,
9763 pending_break_support
,
9764 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9772 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9774 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9777 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9778 ranged breakpoints. */
9781 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9782 const address_space
*aspace
,
9784 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9786 if (ws
->kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9787 || ws
->sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9790 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9791 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9794 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9795 ranged breakpoints. */
9798 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9800 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9803 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9804 ranged breakpoints. */
9806 static enum print_stop_action
9807 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9809 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9810 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9811 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9813 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9815 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9816 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9818 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9820 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9822 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9823 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9825 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9826 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9828 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9829 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9830 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9832 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9835 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9838 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9839 ranged breakpoints. */
9842 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9843 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9845 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9846 struct value_print_options opts
;
9847 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9849 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9850 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9852 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9854 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9855 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9856 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9857 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9859 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9863 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9864 ranged breakpoints. */
9867 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9868 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9870 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9871 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9876 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9877 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9879 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9880 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9881 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9882 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9883 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9887 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9888 ranged breakpoints. */
9891 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9893 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9894 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9897 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9899 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9900 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9901 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9904 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9905 ranged breakpoints. */
9908 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9911 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9912 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9913 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9916 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9918 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9920 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9921 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9922 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9923 last instruction of the given line. */
9926 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9930 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9931 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9932 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9939 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9941 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9943 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9950 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9953 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9955 const char *arg_start
;
9956 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9957 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9961 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9962 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9963 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9965 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9966 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9967 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9970 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9972 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9973 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9974 error(_("No address range specified."));
9977 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9979 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9982 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9983 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9984 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9986 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9988 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9989 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9990 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9992 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9993 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9995 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9996 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9998 /* Parse the end location. */
10002 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10003 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10004 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10005 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10006 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10007 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10009 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10010 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10011 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10013 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10014 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10016 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10017 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10018 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10019 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10021 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10023 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10024 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10025 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10027 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10029 /* Length overflowed. */
10030 error (_("Address range too large."));
10031 else if (length
== 1)
10033 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10034 the `hbreak' command. */
10035 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
10040 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10041 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10042 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10043 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10044 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10045 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10046 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10047 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10048 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10051 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
10052 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10055 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10056 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10057 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10061 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10063 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
10066 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10069 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10071 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10073 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10074 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10076 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10077 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10078 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10079 are loaded and unloaded.
10081 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10082 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10083 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10084 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10085 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10086 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10088 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10089 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10090 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10091 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10093 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10094 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10096 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10097 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10098 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10101 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10104 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10106 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10107 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10109 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10110 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10113 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10116 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10118 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10119 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10121 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10122 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10126 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10127 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10128 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10130 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10131 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10133 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10134 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10135 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10136 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10137 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10138 (did not match the data address). */
10139 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10140 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10147 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10149 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10151 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10154 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10155 hardware watchpoints. */
10158 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10160 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10161 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10163 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10166 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10167 hardware watchpoints. */
10170 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10172 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10173 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10176 static enum print_stop_action
10177 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10179 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10180 enum print_stop_action result
;
10181 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10184 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10186 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10187 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10189 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10190 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10194 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10197 case bp_watchpoint
:
10198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10199 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10200 uiout
->field_string
10201 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10203 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10204 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10205 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10206 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10207 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10208 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10209 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10210 uiout
->text ("\n");
10211 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10212 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10215 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10216 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10217 uiout
->field_string
10218 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10220 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10221 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10222 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10223 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10224 uiout
->text ("\n");
10225 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10228 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10229 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10231 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10232 uiout
->field_string
10234 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10236 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10237 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10238 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10239 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10240 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10245 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10246 uiout
->field_string
10248 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10249 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10250 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10252 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10253 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10254 uiout
->text ("\n");
10255 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10258 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10264 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10268 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10270 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10271 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10272 const char *tuple_name
;
10276 case bp_watchpoint
:
10277 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10278 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10280 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10281 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10282 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10284 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10285 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10286 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10288 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10289 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10290 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10293 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10294 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10297 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10298 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10299 uiout
->text (": ");
10300 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10303 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10307 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10309 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10313 case bp_watchpoint
:
10314 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10317 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10318 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10320 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10324 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10325 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10328 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10329 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10332 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10336 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10338 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10339 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10340 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10346 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10348 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10350 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10351 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10354 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10356 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10358 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10359 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10362 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10363 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10366 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10368 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10370 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10371 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10374 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10380 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10382 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10385 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10386 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10389 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10394 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10395 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10397 static enum print_stop_action
10398 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10400 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10401 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10403 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10404 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10406 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10407 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10411 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10412 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10413 uiout
->field_string
10414 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10417 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10418 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10419 uiout
->field_string
10420 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10423 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10424 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10425 uiout
->field_string
10427 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10430 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10431 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10435 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10436 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10437 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10438 uiout
->text ("\n");
10440 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10441 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10444 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10445 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10448 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10449 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10451 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10453 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10454 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10456 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10457 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10458 uiout
->text ("\n");
10461 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10465 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10467 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10468 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10469 const char *tuple_name
;
10473 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10474 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10475 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10477 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10478 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10479 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10481 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10482 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10483 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10486 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10487 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10490 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10491 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10492 uiout
->text (": ");
10493 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10496 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10497 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10500 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10502 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10506 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10509 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10512 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10516 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10517 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
.get (),
10521 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10522 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10525 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10527 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10529 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10532 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10534 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10537 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10538 hw_read: watch read,
10539 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10541 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10542 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10544 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10545 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10546 struct value
*result
;
10547 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10548 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10549 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10550 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10552 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10553 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10554 enum bptype bp_type
;
10556 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10557 the hardware watchpoint. */
10558 bool use_mask
= false;
10559 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10561 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10562 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10564 const char *value_start
;
10566 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10568 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10569 of the arguments string. */
10570 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10572 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10573 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10576 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10577 This is the value of the parameter. */
10578 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10580 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10582 /* Skip whitespace. */
10583 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10588 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10589 This is the parameter itself. */
10590 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10593 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10595 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10597 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10598 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10599 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10600 only in a specific thread. */
10604 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10606 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10607 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10609 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10610 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10611 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10613 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10615 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10617 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10618 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10620 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10623 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10625 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10627 mark
= value_mark ();
10628 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10629 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10630 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10633 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10636 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10637 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10644 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10645 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10647 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10648 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10649 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10650 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10652 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10653 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10655 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10658 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10659 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10663 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10664 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10666 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10669 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10670 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10671 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10672 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10675 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10677 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10678 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10686 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10687 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10688 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10692 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10695 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10696 else if (ret
== -2)
10697 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10700 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10701 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10703 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10704 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10706 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10707 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10709 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10710 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10711 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10713 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10714 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10715 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10720 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10722 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10724 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10726 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10728 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10729 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10730 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10731 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10732 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10734 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10736 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10738 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10739 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10742 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10743 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10744 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10746 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10749 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10751 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10752 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10754 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10755 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10757 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10758 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10759 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10760 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10761 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10762 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10763 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10767 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10768 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10769 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10770 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10772 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10773 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10774 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10775 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10777 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10779 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10782 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10783 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10785 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10786 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10787 w
->thread
= thread
;
10788 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10789 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10790 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10791 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10792 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10795 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10796 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10798 w
->exp_string_reparse
10799 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10801 w
->exp_string
.reset (xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10802 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
),
10806 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10810 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10815 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10816 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10817 w
->val_valid
= true;
10821 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10823 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10825 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10827 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10828 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10832 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10833 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10836 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10838 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10839 need to act on them together. */
10840 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10841 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10844 if (!just_location
)
10845 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10847 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10848 that should be inserted. */
10849 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10851 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10854 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10855 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10858 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10860 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10862 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10863 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10866 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10867 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10869 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10870 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10871 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10872 hardware watchpoint.
10874 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10875 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10876 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10877 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10878 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10879 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10880 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10881 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10882 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10884 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10885 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10886 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10887 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10888 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10890 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10892 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10894 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10895 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10896 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10897 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10898 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10899 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10903 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10904 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10905 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10907 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10908 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10909 middle of some value chain. */
10911 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10912 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10914 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10918 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10919 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10920 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10922 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10926 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10930 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10931 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10932 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10933 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10934 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10937 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10938 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10939 return found_memory_cnt
;
10943 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10945 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10948 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10950 struct watch_options
10952 /* For -location. */
10953 bool location
= false;
10956 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10958 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10959 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10960 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10961 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10962 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10964 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10965 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10966 please, don't do that! */
10968 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10969 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10971 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10973 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10974 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10978 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10981 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10982 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10984 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10987 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10988 calls watch_command_1. */
10991 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10993 watch_options opts
;
10994 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10995 gdb::option::process_options
10996 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10997 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
11000 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
11003 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
11005 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
11006 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
11007 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
11009 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
11010 if (gdb::option::complete_options
11011 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
11014 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
11015 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
11019 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11021 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11025 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11027 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11031 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11033 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11037 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11039 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11043 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11045 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11049 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11050 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11053 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
11055 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
11058 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
11059 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
11060 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11062 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11063 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
11064 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
11066 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
11070 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11071 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11072 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
11075 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11076 until(location)/advance commands. */
11079 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
11081 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
11082 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11083 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
11092 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11093 until(location)/advance commands. */
11096 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
11098 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11099 breakpoints
.clear ();
11100 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11103 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11104 until(location)/advance commands. */
11106 enum async_reply_reason
11107 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11109 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11113 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11115 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11116 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11117 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11118 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11120 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11122 clear_proceed_status (0);
11124 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11127 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11129 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11130 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11131 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11132 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11133 get_last_displayed_line ())
11134 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11138 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11141 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11143 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11144 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11146 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11147 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11148 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11151 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11152 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11153 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11154 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11156 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11159 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11161 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11163 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11165 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11166 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11168 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11169 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11170 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11172 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
11173 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
11174 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11175 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11177 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11178 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11181 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11184 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
11185 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
11186 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
11187 very same frame. */
11188 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
11190 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
11192 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11194 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
11195 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11196 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11197 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
11200 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11201 std::move (breakpoints
));
11204 lj_deleter
->release ();
11206 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11209 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11210 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11212 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11213 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11214 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11215 if clause in the arg string. */
11218 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11220 const char *cond_string
;
11222 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11225 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11228 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11229 condition string. */
11230 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11231 cond_string
= *arg
;
11233 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11235 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11237 return cond_string
;
11240 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11241 process start/exit, etc. */
11245 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11246 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11251 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11252 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11254 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11255 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11256 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11258 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) command
->context ();
11259 bool temp
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11260 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11264 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11266 /* The allowed syntax is:
11268 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11270 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11271 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11273 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11274 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11276 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11277 and enable reporting of such events. */
11280 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11281 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11282 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11283 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11285 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11286 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11287 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11288 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11291 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11297 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11298 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11300 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11301 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11302 bool temp
= command
->context () == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11306 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11308 /* The allowed syntax is:
11310 catch exec if <cond>
11312 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11313 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11315 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11316 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11318 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11319 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11320 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11321 c
->exec_pathname
.reset ();
11323 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11327 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11328 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11329 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11330 const char *addr_string
,
11331 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11338 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11340 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11342 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11343 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11344 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11345 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11346 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11347 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11348 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11349 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11350 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11351 enough for now, though. */
11354 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11356 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11357 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11358 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11359 language_def (language_ada
));
11360 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11365 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11368 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11370 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11371 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11373 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11375 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11378 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11382 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11385 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11388 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11392 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11393 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11394 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11398 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11399 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11400 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11402 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11406 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11407 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11408 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11409 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11410 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11411 error (_("No source file specified."));
11417 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11418 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11419 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11420 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11422 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11423 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11424 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11425 due to optimization, all in one block.
11427 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11428 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11429 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11430 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11431 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11432 to support that. */
11434 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11435 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11436 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11439 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11440 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11442 const char *sal_fullname
;
11444 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11445 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11446 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11449 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11454 1 0 <can't happen> */
11456 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11457 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11459 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11460 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11463 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11464 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11466 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11468 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11469 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11470 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11472 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11473 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11474 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11475 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11476 int line_match
= 0;
11478 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11479 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11480 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11481 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11482 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11483 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11484 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11487 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11496 found
.push_back (b
);
11500 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11501 if (found
.empty ())
11504 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11506 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11509 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11510 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11511 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11513 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11515 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11516 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11518 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11522 if (found
.size () > 1)
11523 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11526 if (found
.size () == 1)
11527 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11529 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11532 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11535 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11536 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11539 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11542 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11543 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11544 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11547 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11549 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11550 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11551 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11553 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11555 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11556 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11557 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11560 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11561 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11562 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11563 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11564 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11567 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11569 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11570 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11572 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11573 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11576 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11577 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11579 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11580 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11581 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11583 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11584 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11585 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11586 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11589 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11590 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11591 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11592 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11595 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11596 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11597 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11599 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11600 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11605 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11606 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11607 content of the bp_locations array. */
11610 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11612 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11613 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11615 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11617 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11619 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11622 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11623 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11625 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11626 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11627 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11628 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11630 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11632 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11633 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11634 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11635 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11639 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11642 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11644 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11646 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11648 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11650 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11651 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11653 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11654 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11655 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11658 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11660 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11661 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11663 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11666 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11669 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11671 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11672 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11673 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11674 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11677 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11679 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11682 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11684 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11685 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11686 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11687 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11691 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11694 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11696 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11697 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11698 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11699 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11701 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11702 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11703 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11704 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11705 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11707 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11708 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11709 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11710 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11711 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11712 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11713 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11714 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11717 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11718 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11719 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11723 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11725 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11728 address
= bl
->address
;
11729 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11731 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11732 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11733 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11735 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11736 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11739 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11740 the same program space as the location
11741 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11742 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11743 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11745 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11746 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11749 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11750 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11751 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11752 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11753 that have already been marked. */
11754 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11756 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11758 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11762 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11763 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11764 locations are duplicate of which.
11766 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11767 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11771 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11773 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11774 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11775 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11776 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11778 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11779 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11780 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11781 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11782 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11784 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11785 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11786 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11787 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11789 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11790 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11791 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11792 bp_locations
.clear ();
11794 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11795 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11796 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11798 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11799 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11800 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11801 depends on location type. */
11802 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11803 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11804 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11806 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11807 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11809 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11811 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11812 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11813 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11814 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11815 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11818 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11819 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11822 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11824 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11825 not, we have to free it. */
11826 int found_object
= 0;
11827 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11828 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11831 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11832 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11833 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11834 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11837 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11838 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11839 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11842 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11843 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11844 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11846 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11847 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11848 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11850 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11851 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11854 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11858 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11859 have to go through updates again. */
11860 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11862 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11864 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11866 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11867 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11868 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11869 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11870 at certain location is not inserted. */
11872 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11874 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11877 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11879 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11880 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11881 keep_in_target
= 1;
11885 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11886 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11887 remove its target-side condition. */
11889 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11890 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11891 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11892 this one from the target. */
11894 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11895 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11897 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11898 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11899 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11902 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11904 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11907 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11909 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11910 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11911 supported, but the latter are. */
11912 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11914 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11915 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11918 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11919 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11921 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11923 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11924 keep_in_target
= 1;
11932 if (!keep_in_target
)
11934 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11936 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11937 this location on the global list, and try to
11938 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11939 reason why we will succeed next time.
11941 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11942 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11943 only after calling us. */
11944 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11945 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11946 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11954 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11955 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11957 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11958 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11959 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11960 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11961 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11962 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11963 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11964 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11965 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11966 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11967 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11968 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11969 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11970 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11973 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11974 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11976 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11977 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11978 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11979 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11980 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11981 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11982 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11983 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11984 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11985 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11986 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11987 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11988 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11991 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11992 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11993 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11994 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11996 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11997 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11998 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11999 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12000 traps we can no longer explain. */
12002 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
12003 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
12004 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
12006 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
12009 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
12010 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
12011 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
12013 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
12014 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12016 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12020 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12021 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12026 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12027 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12028 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12029 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12030 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12031 are sorted first for the same address.
12033 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12034 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12036 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12037 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12038 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12039 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12041 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
12043 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12045 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12046 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
12048 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12049 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
12050 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12051 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12052 `struct bp_location'. */
12053 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12055 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12056 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12060 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12061 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12062 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12063 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12064 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12065 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12067 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12069 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12070 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12071 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12073 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12074 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12076 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12078 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12079 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12080 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12086 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12087 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12088 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12090 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12091 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12093 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12094 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12097 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12099 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12100 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12103 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12104 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12105 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12106 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12107 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12109 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12113 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12114 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12118 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12120 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12122 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12123 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12125 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12126 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12133 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12138 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12140 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12145 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12148 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12152 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12153 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12155 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12156 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12157 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12161 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12163 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12165 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12167 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12171 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12175 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12177 struct value_print_options opts
;
12179 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12181 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12183 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12185 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12186 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12187 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12188 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12190 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12191 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12193 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12195 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12196 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12197 b
->extra_string
.get ());
12201 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12202 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12203 b
->extra_string
.get ());
12208 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12209 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12210 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12211 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12212 b
->loc
->address
)));
12213 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12215 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12217 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12219 const char *filename
12220 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12221 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12222 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12224 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12227 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12228 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12229 real situation somewhat. */
12230 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12231 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12236 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12238 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12240 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12245 /* See breakpoint.h. */
12247 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations ()
12249 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
12252 static struct bp_location
*
12253 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12255 return new bp_location (self
);
12259 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12261 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12264 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12265 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12268 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12270 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12274 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12275 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12277 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12281 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12282 const address_space
*aspace
,
12284 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12286 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12290 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12295 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12299 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12301 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12304 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12308 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12310 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12313 static enum print_stop_action
12314 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12316 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12320 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12321 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12327 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12329 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12333 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12335 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12339 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12340 (struct event_location
*location
,
12341 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12342 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12344 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12348 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12349 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12350 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12351 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12352 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12353 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12355 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12356 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12357 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12358 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12360 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12363 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12364 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12365 struct event_location
*location
,
12366 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12368 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12371 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12374 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12379 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12382 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12384 /* Nothing to do. */
12387 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12389 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12390 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12391 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12392 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12393 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12394 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12395 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12396 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12397 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12399 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12400 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12401 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12402 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12403 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12404 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12405 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12406 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12409 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12412 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12414 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12415 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12417 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12418 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12422 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12426 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12428 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12430 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12431 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12433 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12434 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12436 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12440 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12442 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12443 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12445 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12449 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12450 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12451 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12453 if (ws
->kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12454 || ws
->sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12457 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12461 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12462 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12463 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12470 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12471 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12472 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12474 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12475 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12477 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12478 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12479 be set at the same address. */
12483 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12487 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12489 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12494 static enum print_stop_action
12495 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12497 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12498 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12500 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12502 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12504 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12505 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12507 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12508 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12509 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12512 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12513 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12515 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12517 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12519 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12522 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12523 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12525 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12526 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12528 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12532 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12534 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12539 case bp_breakpoint
:
12540 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12541 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12542 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12544 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12545 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12546 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12547 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12549 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12550 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12553 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12561 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12563 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12565 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12567 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12568 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12570 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12573 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12574 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12577 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12579 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12580 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12581 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12584 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12588 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12589 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12590 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12592 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12596 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12597 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12598 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12599 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12600 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12601 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12603 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12604 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12605 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12606 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12608 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12609 std::move (cond_string
),
12610 std::move (extra_string
),
12612 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12613 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12614 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12617 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12618 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12619 struct event_location
*location
,
12620 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12622 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12625 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12628 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12632 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12633 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12634 case bp_overlay_event
:
12635 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12636 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12637 case bp_exception_master
:
12638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12641 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12642 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12643 case bp_shlib_event
:
12645 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12646 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12647 case bp_thread_event
:
12653 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12655 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12657 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12658 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12659 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12660 objects (among other things). */
12661 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12662 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12668 static enum print_stop_action
12669 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12671 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12673 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12677 case bp_shlib_event
:
12678 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12679 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12680 to shlib event" message.) */
12681 print_solib_event (0);
12684 case bp_thread_event
:
12685 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12686 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12687 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12690 case bp_overlay_event
:
12691 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12692 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12695 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12696 /* These should never be enabled. */
12697 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12700 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12701 /* These should never be enabled. */
12702 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12703 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12706 case bp_exception_master
:
12707 /* These should never be enabled. */
12708 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12709 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12713 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12717 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12719 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12722 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12725 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12727 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12728 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12729 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12730 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12734 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12736 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12739 static enum print_stop_action
12740 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12742 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12746 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12748 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12751 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12753 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12754 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12756 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12758 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12761 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12764 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12767 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12769 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12773 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12775 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12782 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12783 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12785 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12786 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12788 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12792 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12793 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12794 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12796 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12798 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12800 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12801 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12804 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12805 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12806 struct event_location
*location
,
12807 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12809 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12811 error (_("probe not found"));
12815 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12818 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12820 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12824 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12825 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12826 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12828 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12834 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12835 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12837 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12838 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12840 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12842 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12843 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12844 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12849 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12851 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12856 case bp_tracepoint
:
12857 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12858 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12860 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12861 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12862 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12864 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12865 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12866 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12869 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12870 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12877 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12879 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12881 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12883 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12885 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12888 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12889 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12892 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12893 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12895 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12900 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12901 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12902 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12904 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12908 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12909 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12910 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12911 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12912 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12913 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12915 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12916 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12917 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12918 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12920 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12921 std::move (cond_string
),
12922 std::move (extra_string
),
12924 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12925 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12926 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12929 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12930 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12931 struct event_location
*location
,
12932 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12934 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12937 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12939 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12942 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12943 (struct event_location
*location
,
12944 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12945 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12947 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12948 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12951 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12952 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12953 struct event_location
*location
,
12954 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12956 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12957 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12960 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12963 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12965 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12967 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12968 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12970 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12971 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12972 3 - disconnect from target 1
12973 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12975 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12976 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12977 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12978 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12979 it all the time. */
12980 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12981 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12984 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12987 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12990 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12991 tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12992 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12995 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12998 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12999 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13000 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13001 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13002 address are all handled. */
13005 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13007 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13008 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13010 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13011 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13012 condition not be evaluated. */
13015 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13016 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13017 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13018 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13019 commands here throws. */
13020 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13021 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13023 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13025 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13026 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13030 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13034 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13035 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13036 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13038 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13039 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13041 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13042 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13044 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13045 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13046 canonical
->location
13047 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13050 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13051 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13055 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13056 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13057 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13058 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13059 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13060 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13062 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13063 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13064 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13065 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13067 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13069 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13070 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13071 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13072 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13073 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13074 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13076 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13078 event_location_up location
13079 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13081 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13082 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13083 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13084 std::move (cond_string
),
13085 std::move (extra_string
),
13086 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13087 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13088 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13089 canonical
->special_display
);
13090 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13091 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13092 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13093 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13094 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13095 corresponds to this one */
13096 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13098 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13102 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13103 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13104 struct event_location
*location
,
13105 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13107 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13108 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13110 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13111 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13113 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13118 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13121 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13124 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13126 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13129 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13133 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13135 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13137 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13138 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13141 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13142 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13143 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13144 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13145 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13148 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13149 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13150 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13151 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13153 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13156 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13157 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13158 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13160 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13161 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13163 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13164 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13165 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13166 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13170 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13172 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13173 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13174 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13175 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13176 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13179 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13180 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13181 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13182 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13184 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13186 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13187 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13189 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13190 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13192 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13196 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13198 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13199 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13200 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13201 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13202 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13203 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13204 commands won't work. */
13206 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13208 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13209 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13210 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13211 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13212 might be better design to have location completely
13213 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13214 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13216 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13217 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13218 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13222 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13223 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13226 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13227 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13229 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13234 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13236 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13237 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13239 if (next
== related
)
13241 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13242 function (related
);
13244 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13245 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13250 function (related
);
13254 while (related
!= b
);
13258 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13264 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13266 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13267 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13268 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13269 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13270 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13272 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13276 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13278 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13279 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13280 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13281 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13284 map_breakpoint_numbers
13285 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13287 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13291 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13292 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13296 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13298 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13299 if ((pspace
== NULL
13300 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13301 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13302 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13307 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13308 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13309 Null names are ignored. */
13312 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13314 struct bp_location
*l
;
13315 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
13318 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13321 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
13323 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13327 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
13329 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13339 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13340 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13341 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13342 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13343 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13344 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13345 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13346 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13349 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13350 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13351 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13352 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13353 in the sources, and output a warning.
13355 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13356 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13357 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13358 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13359 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13362 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13363 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13364 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13365 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13366 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13367 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13368 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13369 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13370 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13372 static struct symtab_and_line
13373 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13375 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13376 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13381 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13383 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13385 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13386 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13387 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13388 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13390 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13395 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13397 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13399 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13400 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13402 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13403 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13404 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13406 if (!markers
.empty ())
13408 struct symbol
*sym
;
13409 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13410 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13411 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13413 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13415 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13417 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13418 "found at previous line number"),
13419 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13421 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13422 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13423 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13426 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13427 function_name_style
.style ());
13428 uiout
->text (" at ");
13430 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13431 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13432 file_name_style
.style ());
13435 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13437 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13439 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13442 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13443 uiout
->text ("\n");
13445 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13446 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13448 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13449 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13450 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13451 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13452 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13453 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13454 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13456 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13463 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13464 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13467 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13471 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13474 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13477 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13480 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13487 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13493 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13494 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13495 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13497 static struct bp_location
*
13498 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13500 struct bp_location head
;
13501 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13502 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13503 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13505 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13516 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13531 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13532 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13533 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13534 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13538 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13539 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13540 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13541 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13543 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13545 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13547 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13549 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13550 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13551 "multiple locations found\n"),
13556 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13557 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13558 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13559 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13560 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13561 individual locations. */
13562 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13565 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13567 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13569 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13571 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13573 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13575 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13577 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13581 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
13584 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13585 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13588 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13590 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13594 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13596 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13598 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13602 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13605 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13606 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13607 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13608 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13609 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13610 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13611 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13613 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13615 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13617 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13619 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13621 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13622 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13623 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13624 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13625 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13626 practice should give the correct answer often
13628 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13630 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13631 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13638 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13639 if (l
->function_name
13640 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
13641 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
13643 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13644 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13652 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13653 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13656 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13657 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13659 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13660 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13661 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13663 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13665 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13667 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13671 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13673 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13675 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13677 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13678 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13679 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13680 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13681 state, then user already saw the message about that
13682 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13684 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13685 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13687 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13688 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13689 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13690 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13691 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13692 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13694 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13696 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13697 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13698 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13699 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13700 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13701 which approach is better. */
13702 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13706 exception
= std::move (e
);
13709 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13711 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13712 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13713 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13715 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
, extra_string
;
13718 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
.get (),
13719 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13720 &task
, &extra_string
);
13721 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13723 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
13724 b
->thread
= thread
;
13727 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
13728 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13731 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13732 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13742 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13743 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13747 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13749 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13750 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13753 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13754 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13756 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13758 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13760 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13761 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13762 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13764 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13767 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13770 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13771 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13774 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13775 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13776 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13778 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13781 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13782 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13786 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13787 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13788 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13789 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13790 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13791 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13793 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13794 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13795 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13796 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13798 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13799 std::move (cond_string
),
13800 std::move (extra_string
),
13801 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13802 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13803 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13806 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13807 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13809 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13810 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13811 struct event_location
*location
,
13812 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13814 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13816 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13817 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13820 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13821 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13823 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13825 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13826 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13831 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13834 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13836 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13837 set_language (b
->language
);
13839 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13842 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13843 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13846 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13849 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13850 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13851 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13853 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13854 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13855 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13856 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13857 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13858 we select the current frame.
13860 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13861 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13862 have been reset. */
13863 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13864 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13866 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13867 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13868 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13869 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13871 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13875 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13877 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13879 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13880 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13885 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13888 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13889 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13890 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13891 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13893 /* Now we can insert. */
13894 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13897 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13899 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13900 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13902 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13904 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13906 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13908 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13909 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13910 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13912 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13916 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13917 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13918 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13921 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13926 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13927 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13929 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13931 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13932 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13937 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13941 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13942 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13944 else if (count
== 1)
13945 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13948 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13949 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13952 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13956 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13959 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13962 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13964 const char *p
= args
;
13968 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13970 num
= get_number (&p
);
13972 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13974 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13976 set_ignore_count (num
,
13977 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13980 printf_filtered ("\n");
13984 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13985 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13988 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13989 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13991 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13993 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13994 bp_num_range
.first
);
13998 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14000 bool match
= false;
14002 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14003 if (b
->number
== i
)
14010 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14015 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14019 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14020 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14022 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14023 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14025 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14027 while (!parser
.finished ())
14029 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14030 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14034 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14035 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14037 static struct bp_location
*
14038 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14040 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
14042 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14043 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14046 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14049 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
14050 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14053 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14056 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14057 enum class extract_bp_kind
14059 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14062 /* Extracting a location number. */
14066 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14067 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14068 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14069 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14070 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14073 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14074 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14076 const char *end
= start
;
14077 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14079 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14080 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14081 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14082 int (end
- start
), start
);
14084 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14085 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14086 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14087 int (end
- start
), start
);
14089 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14094 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14095 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14096 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14097 are always positive integers. */
14099 static std::pair
<int, int>
14100 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14101 const std::string
&arg
,
14102 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14104 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14105 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14106 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14107 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14109 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14110 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14111 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14112 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14113 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14117 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14118 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14119 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14120 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14122 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14123 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14124 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14125 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14126 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14130 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14131 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14132 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14137 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14138 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14141 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14143 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14144 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14145 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14146 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14147 location number range.
14151 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14152 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14153 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14155 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14157 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14159 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14161 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14162 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14165 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14166 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14168 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14173 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14175 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14176 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14177 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14181 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14182 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14185 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14187 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14190 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
14191 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
14192 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
14194 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14196 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14197 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14199 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14200 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14201 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14202 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14204 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14206 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14209 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14210 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14211 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14212 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14216 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14217 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14220 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14221 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14224 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14225 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14226 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14229 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14231 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14232 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14233 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14234 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14237 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14239 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14240 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14242 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14243 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14245 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14246 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14249 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14251 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14254 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14255 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14256 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14257 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14260 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14264 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14265 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14268 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14270 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14275 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14277 while (!num
.empty ())
14279 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14281 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14283 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14284 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14286 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14287 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14289 ? enable_breakpoint
14290 : disable_breakpoint
);
14294 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14296 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14297 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14299 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14304 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14305 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14306 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14307 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14310 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14312 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14316 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14319 int target_resources_ok
;
14321 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14324 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14325 target_resources_ok
=
14326 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14328 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14329 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14330 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14331 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14334 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14336 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14337 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14341 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14343 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14344 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14345 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14347 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14349 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14350 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14356 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14358 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14359 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14361 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14362 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14364 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14365 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14368 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14369 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14370 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14372 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14377 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14379 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14382 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14383 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14384 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14385 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14388 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14390 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14394 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14396 map_breakpoint_numbers
14397 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14399 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14400 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14402 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14408 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14413 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14415 count
= get_number (&args
);
14417 map_breakpoint_numbers
14418 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14420 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14421 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14423 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14429 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14431 map_breakpoint_numbers
14432 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14434 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14435 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14437 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14442 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14443 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14447 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14448 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14449 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14451 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
14452 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14453 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14455 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14457 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14459 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14460 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14461 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14462 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14465 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14471 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14474 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14475 const address_space
*aspace
,
14478 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14479 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14480 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14482 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14484 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14485 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14488 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14490 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14491 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14492 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14494 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14497 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14500 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14502 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14503 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14505 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14507 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14509 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14510 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14512 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14513 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14521 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14524 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14525 const address_space
*aspace
,
14528 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14530 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14536 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14540 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14543 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14545 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14546 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14552 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14554 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14556 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14558 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14559 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14563 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14565 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14567 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14568 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14570 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14572 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14574 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14575 0 /* Ignore count */,
14576 pending_break_support
,
14580 0 /* internal */, 0);
14584 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14586 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14588 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14590 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14592 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14593 0 /* Ignore count */,
14594 pending_break_support
,
14595 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14598 0 /* internal */, 0);
14601 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14604 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14606 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14607 event_location_up location
;
14609 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14610 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14611 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14613 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14614 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14618 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14619 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14622 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14624 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14626 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14627 0 /* Ignore count */,
14628 pending_break_support
,
14632 0 /* internal */, 0);
14635 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14636 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14638 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14639 static int next_cmd
;
14642 read_uploaded_action (void)
14644 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14646 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14648 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14655 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14656 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14657 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14658 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14659 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14661 struct tracepoint
*
14662 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14664 const char *addr_str
;
14665 char small_buf
[100];
14666 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14668 if (utp
->at_string
)
14669 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14672 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14673 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14674 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14676 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14677 "source location, using raw address"),
14679 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14680 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14683 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14684 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14685 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14686 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14689 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14691 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14693 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14694 false /* force_condition */,
14695 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14697 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14698 0 /* Ignore count */,
14699 pending_break_support
,
14700 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14702 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14704 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14707 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14708 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14709 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14713 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14716 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14719 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14720 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14721 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14723 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14725 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14730 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14732 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14734 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14735 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14736 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14737 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14740 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14741 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14742 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14747 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14751 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14753 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14756 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14758 if (num_printed
== 0)
14760 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14761 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14763 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14766 default_collect_info ();
14769 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14770 Not supported by all targets. */
14772 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14774 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14777 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14778 Not supported by all targets. */
14780 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14782 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14785 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14787 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14793 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14795 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14796 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14797 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14799 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14800 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14802 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14806 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14808 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14810 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14811 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14812 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14816 map_breakpoint_numbers
14817 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14819 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14823 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14826 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14828 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14829 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14831 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14832 tp
->number
, count
);
14835 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14837 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14838 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14839 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14842 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14844 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14847 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14848 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14849 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14851 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14853 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14854 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14856 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14858 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14860 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14862 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14863 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14866 else if (*args
== '\0')
14868 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14870 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14874 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14875 while (!parser
.finished ())
14877 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14879 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14884 struct tracepoint
*
14885 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14887 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14888 if (t
->number
== num
)
14889 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14894 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14895 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14898 struct tracepoint
*
14899 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14901 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14903 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14905 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14912 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14913 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14914 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14915 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14917 struct tracepoint
*
14918 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14919 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14922 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14924 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14926 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14927 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14929 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14930 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14932 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14936 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14937 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14940 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14944 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14945 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14946 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14948 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14953 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14955 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14956 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14961 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14964 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14965 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14966 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14970 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14971 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14974 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14976 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14977 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14979 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14980 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14982 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14983 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14986 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14987 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14992 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14994 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14996 /* We can stop searching. */
15003 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15007 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15011 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15012 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15013 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15015 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15016 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15018 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
15020 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15021 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15024 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15025 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15028 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15030 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15031 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15034 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15035 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
15037 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15038 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15040 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15042 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15044 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15047 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15049 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15051 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15055 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15056 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15059 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15060 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15062 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15063 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15064 special, and not user visible. */
15065 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15069 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
15072 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15079 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
15080 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
15083 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15086 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15089 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15091 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15094 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15097 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15099 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15103 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15104 locations used by several commands. */
15106 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15107 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15108 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15109 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15110 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15111 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15113 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15114 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15115 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15117 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15118 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15119 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15120 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15121 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15123 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15124 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15125 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15126 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15127 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15128 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15130 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15131 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15132 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15135 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15136 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
15137 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
15138 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15139 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15140 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15141 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15142 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15145 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15146 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15148 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15149 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15151 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
15152 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
15153 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15154 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15155 conditions are different.\n\
15157 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15159 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15160 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15162 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15163 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15166 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15167 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
15168 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15169 void *user_data_catch
,
15170 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15172 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15174 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15176 command
->func
= func
;
15177 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
15178 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15180 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15182 command
->func
= func
;
15183 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
15184 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15187 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15188 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15191 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15193 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15194 non-inline function. */
15195 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15201 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15202 have been inlined. */
15205 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15206 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15208 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
15210 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15213 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
15215 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15216 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15224 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15227 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15229 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
15230 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15231 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15235 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15237 static int initialized
= 0;
15239 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15245 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15246 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15247 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15248 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15249 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15250 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15251 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15252 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15253 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15254 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15255 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15256 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15258 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15259 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15260 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15261 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15262 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15263 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15264 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15265 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15267 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15268 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15269 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15271 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15272 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15273 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15274 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15275 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15276 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15278 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15279 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15280 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15281 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15282 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15283 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15284 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15286 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15287 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15288 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15289 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15290 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15291 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15292 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15294 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15295 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15296 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15297 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15298 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15299 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15300 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15303 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15304 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15305 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15306 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15307 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15308 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15309 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15310 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15312 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15313 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15314 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15315 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15317 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15318 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15319 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15320 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15321 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15322 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15323 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15324 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15325 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15326 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15327 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15330 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15331 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15332 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15333 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15334 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15335 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15336 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15337 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15338 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15339 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15341 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15342 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15343 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15345 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15347 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15348 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15349 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15350 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15351 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15352 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15354 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15355 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15358 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15359 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15360 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15361 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15362 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15363 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15365 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15366 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15369 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15370 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15371 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15372 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15373 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15374 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15376 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15377 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15380 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15381 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15382 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15383 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15384 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15385 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15387 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15388 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15389 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15391 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15392 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15393 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15394 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15395 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15396 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15397 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15399 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15401 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15402 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15403 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15404 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15405 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15406 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15407 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15410 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15412 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15414 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15416 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15418 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15420 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15422 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15424 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15426 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
15428 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
15430 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
15433 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15434 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15435 before a breakpoint is set. */
15436 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15438 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15440 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15441 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15442 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15444 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15445 commands_command
, _("\
15446 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15447 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15448 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15450 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15451 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15452 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15453 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15454 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15456 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
15457 static std::string condition_command_help
15458 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15459 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15460 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
15461 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
15464 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
15466 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
15467 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
15468 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
15470 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15471 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15472 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15473 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15474 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15476 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15477 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15479 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15480 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15481 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15482 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15484 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15485 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15487 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15488 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15489 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15490 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15492 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15493 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15495 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
15496 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15497 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15498 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15499 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15500 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15501 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15502 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15503 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15505 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15507 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15508 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15509 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15510 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15511 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15512 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15513 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
15515 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15516 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15517 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15518 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15521 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15522 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15523 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15524 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15527 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15528 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15529 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15530 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15531 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15534 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15535 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15536 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15537 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15540 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15541 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15542 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15543 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15546 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15547 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15548 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15549 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15550 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15553 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
15554 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15555 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15556 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15557 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15558 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15559 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15560 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15561 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15562 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15564 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15565 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15566 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15567 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15568 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15569 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15570 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15573 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
15574 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15575 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15576 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15577 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15578 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15580 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15581 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15582 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15583 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15585 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15586 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15587 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15588 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15589 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15590 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15593 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15594 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15595 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15596 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15598 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15599 is executing in.\n"
15600 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15601 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15602 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15604 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15605 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15606 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15607 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15608 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15610 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15611 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15612 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15613 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15617 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15618 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15619 &stoplist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15620 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15621 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15622 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15623 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15624 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15625 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15626 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15627 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15628 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15629 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15630 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15631 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15632 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15634 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15635 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15636 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15637 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15638 breakpoint set."));
15641 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15642 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15643 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15644 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15645 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15646 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15647 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15648 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15649 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15650 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15652 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15653 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15654 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15655 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15656 breakpoint set."));
15658 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15660 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15661 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15662 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15663 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15664 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15665 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15666 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15667 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15668 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15669 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15670 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15671 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15672 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15674 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15675 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15676 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15677 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15679 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15681 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15682 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15684 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15686 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15687 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15689 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15691 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15692 catch_fork_command_1
,
15694 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15695 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15696 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15697 catch_fork_command_1
,
15699 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15700 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15701 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15702 catch_exec_command_1
,
15706 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15707 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15708 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15709 catch_load_command_1
,
15713 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15714 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15715 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15716 catch_unload_command_1
,
15721 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15723 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15724 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15725 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15730 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15731 an expression changes."), opts
);
15732 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15733 watch_help
.c_str ());
15734 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15736 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15737 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15738 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15743 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15744 an expression is read."), opts
);
15745 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15746 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15747 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15749 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15750 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15751 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15756 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15757 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15758 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15759 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15760 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15762 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15763 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15765 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15766 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15767 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15768 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15769 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15770 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15771 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15772 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15773 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15776 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15777 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15779 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15781 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15783 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15784 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15785 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15787 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15788 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15789 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15791 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15792 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15793 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15794 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15796 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15797 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15799 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15800 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15801 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15803 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15804 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15806 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15807 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15808 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15809 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15810 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15811 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15812 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15813 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15814 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15816 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15817 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15818 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15819 conditions are different.\n\
15821 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15822 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15823 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15825 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15826 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15827 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15828 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15829 last tracepoint set."));
15831 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15833 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15834 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15835 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15836 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15837 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15839 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15841 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15842 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15843 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15844 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15846 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15848 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15849 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15850 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15851 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15853 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15855 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15856 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15857 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15858 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15859 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15861 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15862 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15864 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15866 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15867 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15868 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15869 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15870 session to restore them."),
15872 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15874 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15875 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15876 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15877 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15879 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15881 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15882 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15884 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
15886 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15887 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15888 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15890 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15891 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15892 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15893 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15894 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15896 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15897 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15898 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15899 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15900 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15901 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15902 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15903 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15905 show_pending_break_support
,
15906 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15907 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15909 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15911 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15912 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15913 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15914 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15915 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15916 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15917 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15919 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15920 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15921 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15923 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15924 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15925 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15926 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15927 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15928 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15929 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15930 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15931 when execution stops."),
15933 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15934 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15935 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15937 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15938 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15939 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15940 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15941 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15942 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15943 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15944 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15945 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15946 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15947 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15948 be set to \"host\"."),
15949 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15950 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15951 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15952 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15954 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15955 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15956 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15957 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15958 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15959 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15960 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15961 or the start of the range\n\
15962 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15963 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15964 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15966 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15967 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15968 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15970 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15971 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15972 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15973 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15974 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15975 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15977 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15978 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15979 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15980 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15981 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15982 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15983 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15984 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15985 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15986 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15987 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15988 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15990 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15991 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15992 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15993 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15994 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15995 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15997 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15998 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15999 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16000 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16001 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16002 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16004 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16005 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16006 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16007 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16008 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16009 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16012 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16014 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16015 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16016 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16017 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16018 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16020 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16022 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
16024 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,